Sema.h revision 4a9e60fc7c36e323ae376601cc704fed4beb68ae
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
45#include <deque>
46#include <string>
47
48namespace llvm {
49  class APSInt;
50  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
51  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
52  class SmallBitVector;
53}
54
55namespace clang {
56  class ADLResult;
57  class ASTConsumer;
58  class ASTContext;
59  class ASTMutationListener;
60  class ASTReader;
61  class ASTWriter;
62  class ArrayType;
63  class AttributeList;
64  class BlockDecl;
65  class CXXBasePath;
66  class CXXBasePaths;
67  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
68  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
69  class CXXConstructorDecl;
70  class CXXConversionDecl;
71  class CXXDestructorDecl;
72  class CXXFieldCollector;
73  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
74  class CXXMethodDecl;
75  class CXXScopeSpec;
76  class CXXTemporary;
77  class CXXTryStmt;
78  class CallExpr;
79  class ClassTemplateDecl;
80  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
81  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
82  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
83  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
84  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
85  class CodeCompletionResult;
86  class Decl;
87  class DeclAccessPair;
88  class DeclContext;
89  class DeclRefExpr;
90  class DeclaratorDecl;
91  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
92  class DependentDiagnostic;
93  class DesignatedInitExpr;
94  class Designation;
95  class EnumConstantDecl;
96  class Expr;
97  class ExtVectorType;
98  class ExternalSemaSource;
99  class FormatAttr;
100  class FriendDecl;
101  class FunctionDecl;
102  class FunctionProtoType;
103  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
104  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
105  class InitListExpr;
106  class InitializationKind;
107  class InitializationSequence;
108  class InitializedEntity;
109  class IntegerLiteral;
110  class LabelStmt;
111  class LambdaExpr;
112  class LangOptions;
113  class LocalInstantiationScope;
114  class LookupResult;
115  class MacroInfo;
116  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
117  class NamedDecl;
118  class NonNullAttr;
119  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
120  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
121  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
122  class ObjCContainerDecl;
123  class ObjCImplDecl;
124  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
125  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
126  class ObjCIvarDecl;
127  template <class T> class ObjCList;
128  class ObjCMessageExpr;
129  class ObjCMethodDecl;
130  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
131  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
132  class OverloadCandidateSet;
133  class OverloadExpr;
134  class ParenListExpr;
135  class ParmVarDecl;
136  class Preprocessor;
137  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
138  class PseudoObjectExpr;
139  class QualType;
140  class StandardConversionSequence;
141  class Stmt;
142  class StringLiteral;
143  class SwitchStmt;
144  class TargetAttributesSema;
145  class TemplateArgument;
146  class TemplateArgumentList;
147  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
148  class TemplateDecl;
149  class TemplateParameterList;
150  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
151  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
152  class Token;
153  class TypeAliasDecl;
154  class TypedefDecl;
155  class TypedefNameDecl;
156  class TypeLoc;
157  class UnqualifiedId;
158  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
159  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
160  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
161  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
162  class UsingDecl;
163  class UsingShadowDecl;
164  class ValueDecl;
165  class VarDecl;
166  class VisibilityAttr;
167  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
168  class IndirectFieldDecl;
169
170namespace sema {
171  class AccessedEntity;
172  class BlockScopeInfo;
173  class CapturingScopeInfo;
174  class CompoundScopeInfo;
175  class DelayedDiagnostic;
176  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
177  class FunctionScopeInfo;
178  class LambdaScopeInfo;
179  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
180  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
181}
182
183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
186                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
187
188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
189class Sema {
190  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
191  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
192  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
193
194  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
195  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
196
197  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
198  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
199
200public:
201  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
202  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
203  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
204
205  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
206  FPOptions FPFeatures;
207
208  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
209  Preprocessor &PP;
210  ASTContext &Context;
211  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
212  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
213  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
214
215  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
216  bool CollectStats;
217
218  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
219  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
220
221  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
222  DeclContext *CurContext;
223
224  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
225  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
226  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
227
228  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
229  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
230  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
231
232  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
233  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
234  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
235
236  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
237
238  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
239  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
240
241  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
242  ///
243  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
244  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
245  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
246
247  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
248  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
249  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
250
251  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
252  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
253  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
254  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
255
256  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
257
258  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
259  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
260  ///
261  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
262  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
263  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
264  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
265
266  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
267                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
268    ExtVectorDeclsType;
269
270  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
271  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
272  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
273  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
274
275  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
276  /// definitions being hidden.
277  ///
278  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
279  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
280
281  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
282  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
283
284  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
285
286  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
287  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
288
289  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
290
291  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
292  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
293  /// same list more than once.
294  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
295
296  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
297  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
298  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
299
300  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
301  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
302  ///
303  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
304  /// scoped, e.g.,
305  ///
306  /// \code
307  /// void f() {
308  ///   void foo(int, int);
309  /// }
310  /// \endcode
311  ///
312  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
313  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
314  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
315  ///
316  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
317  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
318  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
319  ///     compatibility.
320  ///
321  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
322  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
323  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
324  ///     not visible.
325  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
326
327  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
328  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
329  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
330
331  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
332                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
333    TentativeDefinitionsType;
334
335  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
336  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
337
338  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
339                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
340    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
341
342  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
343  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
344  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
345
346  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
347                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
348    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
349
350  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
351  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
352  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
353
354  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
355  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
356  /// exception spec.
357  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
358
359  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
360  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
361  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
362  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
363                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
364      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
365
366  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
367  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
368  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
369  void *OpaqueParser;
370
371  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
372    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
373    OpaqueParser = P;
374  }
375
376  class DelayedDiagnostics;
377
378  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
379    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
380    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
381  };
382  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
383  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
384
385  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
386  /// during parsing and other processing.
387  class DelayedDiagnostics {
388    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
389    /// diagnostics should go.
390    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
391
392  public:
393    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
394
395    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
396    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
397
398    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
399    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
400
401    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
402    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
403      return CurPool;
404    }
405
406    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
407    /// collected in this pool.
408    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
409      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
410      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
411      CurPool = &pool;
412      return state;
413    }
414
415    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
416    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
417    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
418    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
419      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
420    }
421
422    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
423    /// not delayed.
424    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
425      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
426      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
427      CurPool = 0;
428      return state;
429    }
430
431    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
432    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
433      assert(CurPool == NULL);
434      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
435    }
436  } DelayedDiagnostics;
437
438  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
439  class ContextRAII {
440  private:
441    Sema &S;
442    DeclContext *SavedContext;
443    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
444    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
445
446  public:
447    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
448      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
449        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
450        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
451    {
452      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
453      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
454    }
455
456    void pop() {
457      if (!SavedContext) return;
458      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
459      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
460      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
461      SavedContext = 0;
462    }
463
464    ~ContextRAII() {
465      pop();
466    }
467  };
468
469  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
470  /// a function body.
471  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
472    Sema &S;
473    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
474
475  public:
476    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
477      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
478    {
479      S.PushFunctionScope();
480      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
481    }
482
483    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
484      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
485      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
486    }
487  };
488
489  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
490  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
491  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
492  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
493
494  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
495  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
496  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
497  /// in the currently selected standard.
498  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
499
500
501  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
502  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
503
504  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
505  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
506  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
507  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
508  /// It would be best to refactor this.
509  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
510
511  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
512
513  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
514  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
515  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
516  Scope *TUScope;
517
518  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
519  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
520
521  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
522  /// standard library.
523  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
524
525  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
526  /// \<initializer_list>.
527  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
528
529  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
530  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
531
532  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
533  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
534
535  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
536  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
537
538  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
539  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
540
541  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
542  QualType NSNumberPointer;
543
544  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
545  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
546
547  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
548  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
549
550  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
551  QualType NSStringPointer;
552
553  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
554  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
555
556  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
557  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
558
559  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
560  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
561
562  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
563  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
564
565  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
566  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
567
568  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
569  QualType QIDNSCopying;
570
571  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
572  /// have been declared.
573  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
574
575  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
576  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
577  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
578    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
579    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
580    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
581    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
582    /// run time.
583    Unevaluated,
584
585    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
586    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
587    /// cases in a switch statment).
588    ConstantEvaluated,
589
590    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
591    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
592    /// expression at run time.
593    PotentiallyEvaluated,
594
595    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
596    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
597    /// in fact the current expression is used.
598    ///
599    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
600    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
601    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
602    /// until the default argument is used.
603    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
604  };
605
606  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
607  /// expression evaluation contexts.
608  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
609    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
610    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
611
612    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
613    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
614
615    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
616    bool IsDecltype;
617
618    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
619    /// this expression evaluation context.
620    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
621
622    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
623
624    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
625    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
626    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
627
628    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
629    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
630    /// default function argument.
631    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
632
633    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
634    /// within this context.
635    ///
636    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
637    /// do not have lambda expressions.
638    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
639
640    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
641    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
642    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
643
644    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
645    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
646    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
647
648    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
649                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
650                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
651                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
652                                      bool IsDecltype)
653      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
654        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
655        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
656
657    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
658    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
659      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
660      if (!LambdaMangle)
661        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
662      return *LambdaMangle;
663    }
664  };
665
666  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
667  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
668
669  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
670  /// function.
671  ///
672  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
673  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
674  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
675  public:
676    enum Kind {
677      NoMemberOrDeleted,
678      Ambiguous,
679      Success
680    };
681
682  private:
683    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
684
685  public:
686    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
687      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
688    {}
689
690    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
691    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
692
693    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
694    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
695  };
696
697  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
698  /// for C++ records.
699  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
700
701  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
702  ///
703  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
704  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
705  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
706  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
707  /// checks.
708  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
709
710  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
711
712  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
713  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
714
715  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
716    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
717
718  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
719  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
720  ///
721  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
722  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
723  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
724  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
725  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
726
727  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
728  // argument locations.
729  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
730
731  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
732  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
733  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
734
735  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
736  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
737
738  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
739  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
740  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
741  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
742  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
743
744  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
745  /// of -Wselector.
746  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
747
748  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
749
750  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
751  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
752
753  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
754  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
755  /// should not be used elsewhere.
756  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
757
758  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
759  /// statements.
760  class FPContractStateRAII {
761  public:
762    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
763      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
764    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
765      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
766    }
767  private:
768    Sema& S;
769    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
770  };
771
772public:
773  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
774       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
775       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
776  ~Sema();
777
778  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
779  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
780  void Initialize();
781
782  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
783  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
784  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
785
786  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
787  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
788  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
789  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
790  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
791  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
792  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
793  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
794
795  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
796  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
797  ///
798  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
799  ///
800  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
801
802  void PrintStats() const;
803
804  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
805  /// template instantiation stacks.
806  ///
807  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
808  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
809  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
810  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
811  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
812  /// well.
813  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
814    Sema &SemaRef;
815    unsigned DiagID;
816
817  public:
818    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
819      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
820
821    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
822      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
823      if (!isActive()) return;
824
825      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
826      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
827      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
828      //
829      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
830      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
831      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
832      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
833      // eliminate that code.
834      FlushCounts();
835      Clear();
836
837      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
838      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
839    }
840  };
841
842  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
843  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
844    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
845    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
846  }
847
848  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
849  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
850
851  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
852  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
853
854  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
855
856  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
857  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
858  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
859
860  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
861  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
862  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
863
864  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
865
866  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
867
868  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
869
870  void PushFunctionScope();
871  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
872  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
873  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
874                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
875
876  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
877    return FunctionScopes.back();
878  }
879
880  void PushCompoundScope();
881  void PopCompoundScope();
882
883  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
884
885  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
886
887  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
888  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
889
890  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
891  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
892
893  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
894  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
895
896  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
897
898  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
899  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
900  //
901
902  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
903  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
904    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
905  }
906  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
907                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
908  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
909                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
910  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
911                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
912                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
913  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
914                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
915  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
916                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
917                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
918                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
919                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
920                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
921  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
922                                  SourceLocation Loc,
923                                  DeclarationName Entity);
924  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
925                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
926  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
927  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
928
929  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
930  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
931  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
932                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
933
934  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
935  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
936  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
937  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
938  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
939  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
940  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
941                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
942  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range);
943  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
944  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
945  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
946      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
947      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
948  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
949      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
950      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
951      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
952      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
953      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
954      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
955      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
956  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
957      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
958      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
959      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
960  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
961      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
962      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
963
964  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
965
966  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
967  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
968  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
969
970  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
971  struct TypeDiagnoser {
972    bool Suppressed;
973
974    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
975
976    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
977    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
978  };
979
980  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
981  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
982  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
983  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
984  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
985  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
986  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
987    return II;
988  }
989  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
990  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
991  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
992  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
993  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
994  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
995
996  template<typename T1>
997  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
998    unsigned DiagID;
999    const T1 &Arg1;
1000
1001  public:
1002    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1003      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1004    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1005      if (Suppressed) return;
1006      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1007    }
1008
1009    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1010  };
1011
1012  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1013  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1014    unsigned DiagID;
1015    const T1 &Arg1;
1016    const T2 &Arg2;
1017
1018  public:
1019    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1020                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1021      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1022        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1023
1024    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1025      if (Suppressed) return;
1026      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1027    }
1028
1029    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1030  };
1031
1032  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1033  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1034    unsigned DiagID;
1035    const T1 &Arg1;
1036    const T2 &Arg2;
1037    const T3 &Arg3;
1038
1039  public:
1040    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1041                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1042    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1043      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1044
1045    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1046      if (Suppressed) return;
1047      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1048        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1049    }
1050
1051    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1052  };
1053
1054  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1055                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1056  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1057                           unsigned DiagID);
1058
1059  template<typename T1>
1060  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1061                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1062    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1063    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1064  }
1065
1066  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1067  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1068                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1069    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1070    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1071  }
1072
1073  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1074  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1075                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1076                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1077    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1078                                                        Arg3);
1079    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1080  }
1081
1082  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1083  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1084
1085  template<typename T1>
1086  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1087    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1088    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1089  }
1090
1091  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1092  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1093                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1094    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1095    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1096  }
1097
1098  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1099  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1100                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1101    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1102                                                        Arg3);
1103    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1104  }
1105
1106  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1107                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1108  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1109
1110  template<typename T1>
1111  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1112                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1113    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1114    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1115  }
1116
1117  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1118  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1119                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1120    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1121    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1122  }
1123
1124  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1125  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1126                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1127                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1128    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1129                                                        Arg3);
1130    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1131  }
1132
1133  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1134                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1135
1136  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1137  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1138  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1139                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1140                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1141
1142  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1143  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1144  //
1145
1146  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1147  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1148  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1149  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1150  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1151  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1152  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1153  /// such as:
1154  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1155  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1156
1157  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1158
1159  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1160
1161  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1162
1163  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1164                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1165                         bool isClassName = false,
1166                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1167                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1168                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1169                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1170                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1171  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1172  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1173  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1174                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1175                               Scope *S,
1176                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1177                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1178
1179  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1180  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1181  enum NameClassificationKind {
1182    NC_Unknown,
1183    NC_Error,
1184    NC_Keyword,
1185    NC_Type,
1186    NC_Expression,
1187    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1188    NC_TypeTemplate,
1189    NC_FunctionTemplate
1190  };
1191
1192  class NameClassification {
1193    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1194    ExprResult Expr;
1195    TemplateName Template;
1196    ParsedType Type;
1197    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1198
1199    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1200
1201  public:
1202    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1203
1204    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1205
1206    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1207      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1208
1209    static NameClassification Error() {
1210      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1211    }
1212
1213    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1214      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1215    }
1216
1217    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1218      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1219    }
1220
1221    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1222      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1223      Result.Template = Name;
1224      return Result;
1225    }
1226
1227    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1228      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1229      Result.Template = Name;
1230      return Result;
1231    }
1232
1233    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1234
1235    ParsedType getType() const {
1236      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1237      return Type;
1238    }
1239
1240    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1241      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1242      return Expr;
1243    }
1244
1245    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1246      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1247      return Template;
1248    }
1249
1250    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1251      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1252      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1253    }
1254  };
1255
1256  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1257  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1258  ///
1259  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1260  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1261  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1262  ///
1263  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1264  ///
1265  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1266  ///
1267  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1268  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1269  ///
1270  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1271  ///
1272  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1273  /// disambiguate the name.
1274  ///
1275  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1276  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1277  ///        expression.
1278  ///
1279  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1280  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1281                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1282                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1283                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1284                                  const Token &NextToken,
1285                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1286                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1287
1288  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1289
1290  Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1291                         MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1292  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1293                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1294                                        Scope *S);
1295  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1296  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1297                                    DeclarationName Name,
1298                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1299  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1300  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1301  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1302  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1303  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1304  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1305                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1306                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1307  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1308                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1309  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1310                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1311                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1312                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1313  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1314  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1315  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1316  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1317  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1318  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1319                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1320                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1321                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1322                                     bool &AddToScope);
1323  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1324  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1325
1326  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1327  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1328
1329  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1330  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1331  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1332                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1333                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1334  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1335  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1336  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1337                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1338                                          QualType T);
1339  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1340                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1341                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1342                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1343  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1344                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1345                                 Expr *defarg);
1346  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1347                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1348                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1349  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1350  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1351                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1352
1353  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1354                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1355  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1356  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1357  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1358  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1359  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1360  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1361  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1362                                         Decl **Group,
1363                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1364  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1365                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1366
1367  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1368  /// documentation comments.
1369  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1370  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1371
1372  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1373                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1374  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1375  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1376  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1377  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1378  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1379    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1380  }
1381
1382  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1383  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1384  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1385
1386  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1387  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1388  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1389
1390  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1391  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1392  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1393                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1394
1395  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1396  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1397  /// specified threshold.
1398  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1399                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1400                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1401                                              NamedDecl *D);
1402
1403  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1404  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1405                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1406                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1407
1408  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1409  ///
1410  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1411  ///
1412  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1413  ///
1414  /// \param Path The module access path.
1415  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1416                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1417
1418  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1419  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1420    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1421  }
1422
1423  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1424  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1425                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1426
1427  /// Scope actions.
1428  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1429  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1430
1431  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1432                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1433  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1434                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1435                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1436
1437  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1438                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1439                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1440
1441  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1442                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1443
1444  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1445                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1446                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1447                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1448
1449  enum TagUseKind {
1450    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1451    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1452    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1453    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1454  };
1455
1456  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1457                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1458                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1459                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1460                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1461                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1462                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1463                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1464                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1465
1466  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1467                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1468                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1469                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1470                                AttributeList *Attr,
1471                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1472
1473  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1474                               unsigned TagSpec,
1475                               TagUseKind TUK,
1476                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1477                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1478                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1479                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1480
1481  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1482                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1483                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1484  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1485                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1486
1487  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1488                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1489                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1490                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1491
1492  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1493                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1494                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1495                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1496                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1497                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1498                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1499                            Declarator *D = 0);
1500
1501  enum CXXSpecialMember {
1502    CXXDefaultConstructor,
1503    CXXCopyConstructor,
1504    CXXMoveConstructor,
1505    CXXCopyAssignment,
1506    CXXMoveAssignment,
1507    CXXDestructor,
1508    CXXInvalid
1509  };
1510  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1511  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
1512  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1513  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1514                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1515  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1516                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1517                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1518
1519  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1520  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1521                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1522                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1523                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1524
1525  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1526  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1527  /// struct, or union).
1528  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1529
1530  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1531
1532  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1533  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1534  /// member declarations.
1535  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1536                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1537                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1538
1539  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1540  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1541  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1542                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1543
1544  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1545
1546  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1547  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1548  ///
1549  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1550  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1551  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1552
1553  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1554  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1555  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1556
1557  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1558                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1559                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1560                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1561                                      Expr *val);
1562  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1563  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1564                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1565
1566  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1567                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1568                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1569                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1570  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1571                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1572                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1573                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1574
1575  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1576
1577  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1578  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1579  void PopDeclContext();
1580
1581  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1582  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1583  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1584  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1585
1586  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1587  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1588  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1589
1590  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1591
1592  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1593  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1594  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1595  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1596
1597  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1598  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1599  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1600  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1601
1602  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1603  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1604  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1605  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1606
1607  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1608  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1609
1610  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1611  /// top level scope.
1612  ///
1613  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1614  ///
1615  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1616  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1617
1618  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1619  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1620  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1621  ///
1622  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1623  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1624  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1625  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1626                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1627
1628  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1629  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1630  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1631
1632  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1633  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1634                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1635  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1636
1637  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1638  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1639                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1640                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1641                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1642                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1643                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1644                                          StringRef Message);
1645  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1646                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
1647  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1648  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1649  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1650                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
1651  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
1652  bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
1653
1654  void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1655  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1656  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1657  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1658                                    Scope *S);
1659  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1660  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1661  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1662  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1663  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1664
1665  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1666  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1667  enum AssignmentAction {
1668    AA_Assigning,
1669    AA_Passing,
1670    AA_Returning,
1671    AA_Converting,
1672    AA_Initializing,
1673    AA_Sending,
1674    AA_Casting
1675  };
1676
1677  /// C++ Overloading.
1678  enum OverloadKind {
1679    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1680    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1681    Ovl_Overload,
1682
1683    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1684    /// an existing declaration.
1685    Ovl_Match,
1686
1687    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1688    /// non-function.
1689    Ovl_NonFunction
1690  };
1691  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1692                             FunctionDecl *New,
1693                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1694                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1695                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1696  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1697
1698  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1699  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1700  ///
1701  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1702  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1703  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1704
1705  ImplicitConversionSequence
1706  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1707                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1708                        bool AllowExplicit,
1709                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1710                        bool CStyle,
1711                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1712
1713  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1714  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1715  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1716  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1717                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1718                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1719  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1720                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1721  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1722                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1723  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1724                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1725  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1726                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1727                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1728  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1729                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1730
1731  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1732  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1733                              CastKind &Kind,
1734                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1735                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1736  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1737                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1738                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1739  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1740                                    CastKind &Kind,
1741                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1742                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1743  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1744                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1745  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1746                            QualType &ResultTy);
1747  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1748
1749
1750  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1751                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1752                                             QualType ResultType,
1753                                             Expr *Value,
1754                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1755
1756  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1757                                    ExprResult Init);
1758  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1759                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1760                                       ExprResult Init,
1761                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1762                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1763  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1764                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1765                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1766                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1767
1768  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1769  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1770
1771  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1772  enum CCEKind {
1773    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1774    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1775    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1776  };
1777  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1778                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1779
1780  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1781  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1782  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1783  public:
1784    bool Suppress;
1785    bool SuppressConversion;
1786
1787    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1788                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1789      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1790
1791    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1792    /// integral or enumeration type.
1793    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1794                                             QualType T) = 0;
1795
1796    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1797    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1798                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1799
1800    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1801    /// is explicit.
1802    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1803                                                   QualType T,
1804                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1805
1806    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1807    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1808    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1809
1810    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1811    /// functions.
1812    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1813                                                QualType T) = 0;
1814
1815    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1816    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1817                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1818
1819    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1820    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1821    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1822                                                 QualType T,
1823                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1824
1825    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1826  };
1827
1828  ExprResult
1829  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1830                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1831                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1832
1833  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1834    OS_Array,
1835    OS_Dictionary,
1836    OS_Error
1837  };
1838  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1839
1840  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1841                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1842                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1843                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1844
1845  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1846  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1847  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1848  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1849
1850  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1851                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1852                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1853                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1854                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1855                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1856                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1857  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1858                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1859                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1860                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1861                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1862  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1863                          QualType ObjectType,
1864                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1865                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1866                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1867                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1868  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1869                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1870                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1871                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1872                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1873                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1874                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1875  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1876                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1877                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1878                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1879                                  QualType ObjectType,
1880                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1881                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1882                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1883                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1884  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1885                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1886                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1887                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1888                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1889                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1890  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1891                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1892                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1893                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1894                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1895  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1896                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1897                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1898                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1899                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1900  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1901                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1902                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1903                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1904                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1905                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1906  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1907                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1908                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1909                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1910                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1911  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1912                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1913                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1914                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1915                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1916  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1917                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1918                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1919                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1920  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1921                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1922                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1923                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1924                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1925                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
1926
1927  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1928  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1929
1930  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1931  // identified by the expression Expr
1932  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1933
1934  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1935  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1936  // R (A) --> R(A)
1937  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1938  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1939  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1940  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1941
1942  FunctionDecl *
1943  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1944                                     QualType TargetType,
1945                                     bool Complain,
1946                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1947                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1948
1949  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1950                                                   bool Complain = false,
1951                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
1952
1953  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
1954                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
1955                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
1956                      bool Complain = false,
1957                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
1958                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
1959                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
1960
1961
1962  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
1963                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1964                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
1965  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
1966                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1967                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
1968
1969  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1970                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1971                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
1972                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
1973
1974  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
1975  // range-based for loop.
1976  enum ForRangeStatus {
1977    FRS_Success,
1978    FRS_NoViableFunction,
1979    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
1980  };
1981
1982  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
1983  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
1984  enum BeginEndFunction {
1985    BEF_begin,
1986    BEF_end
1987  };
1988
1989  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
1990                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
1991                                           VarDecl *Decl,
1992                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
1993                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1994                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
1995                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
1996                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
1997
1998  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
1999                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2000                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2001                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2002                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2003                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2004                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2005
2006  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2007                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2008                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2009                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2010                              ExprResult *Result);
2011
2012  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2013                                     unsigned Opc,
2014                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2015                                     Expr *input);
2016
2017  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2018                                   unsigned Opc,
2019                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2020                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2021
2022  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2023                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2024                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2025
2026  ExprResult
2027  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2028                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2029                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2030  ExprResult
2031  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2032                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2033                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2034
2035  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2036                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2037
2038  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2039  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2040  /// that best represents the call.
2041  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2042                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2043
2044  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2045  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2046                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2047  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2048  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2049  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2050
2051  /// \name Name lookup
2052  ///
2053  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2054  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2055  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2056  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2057  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2058  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2059  ///
2060  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2061  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2062  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2063  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2064  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2065  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2066  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2067  ///
2068  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2069  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2070  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2071  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2072  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2073  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2074  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2075  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2076  //@{
2077
2078  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2079  enum LookupNameKind {
2080    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2081    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2082    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2083    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2084    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2085    /// structs, and unions.
2086    LookupTagName,
2087    /// Label name lookup.
2088    LookupLabel,
2089    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2090    /// class/struct/union members.
2091    LookupMemberName,
2092    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2093    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2094    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2095    LookupOperatorName,
2096    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2097    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2098    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2099    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2100    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2101    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2102    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2103    LookupNamespaceName,
2104    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2105    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2106    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2107    LookupUsingDeclName,
2108    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2109    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2110    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2111    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2112    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2113    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2114    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2115    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2116    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2117    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2118    LookupAnyName
2119  };
2120
2121  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2122  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2123  enum RedeclarationKind {
2124    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2125    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2126    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2127    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2128    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2129    ForRedeclaration
2130  };
2131
2132  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2133  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2134    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2135    LOLR_Error,
2136    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2137    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2138    LOLR_Cooked,
2139    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2140    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2141    LOLR_Raw,
2142    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2143    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2144    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2145    LOLR_Template
2146  };
2147
2148  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2149                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2150                                                   bool ConstArg,
2151                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2152                                                   bool RValueThis,
2153                                                   bool ConstThis,
2154                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2155
2156private:
2157  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2158
2159  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2160  //
2161  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2162  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2163  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2164
2165  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2166  /// source.
2167  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2168
2169public:
2170  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2171  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2172  ///
2173  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2174  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2175  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2176                              SourceLocation Loc,
2177                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2178                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2179                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2180  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2181                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2182  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2183                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2184  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2185                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2186                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2187  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2188                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2189                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2190
2191  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2192                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2193                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2194
2195  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2196                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2197
2198  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2199  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2200  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2201                                               unsigned Quals);
2202  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2203                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2204  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2205                                              unsigned Quals);
2206  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2207                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2208  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2209
2210  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2211                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2212                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2213  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2214
2215  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2216                               SourceLocation Loc,
2217                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2218                               ADLResult &Functions);
2219
2220  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2221                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2222                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2223  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2224                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2225                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2226
2227  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2228                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2229                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2230                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2231                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2232                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2233                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2234
2235  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2236                                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2237                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2238                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2239
2240  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2241                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2242                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2243
2244  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2245  //@}
2246
2247  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2248                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2249                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2250  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2251                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2252                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2253  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2254                                      Scope *S);
2255  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2256
2257  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2258
2259  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2260  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2261                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2262  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2263                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2264  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2265                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2266
2267  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2268
2269  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2270  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
2271  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2272
2273  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2274  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2275                                   SourceRange Range);
2276
2277  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2278                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2279  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2280                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2281                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2282
2283  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2284                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2285                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2286
2287  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2288  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2289  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2290                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2291                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2292
2293  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2294                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2295
2296  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2297  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2298
2299  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2300  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2301  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2302                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2303                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2304                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2305                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2306                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2307
2308  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2309  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2310  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2311                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2312                                SourceLocation Loc);
2313
2314  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2315  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2316  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2317                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2318                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2319
2320  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2321  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2322  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2323                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2324                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2325
2326  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2327  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2328  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2329                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2330  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2331
2332  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2333  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2334  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2335            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2336            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2337
2338  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2339  /// class extensions.
2340  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2341                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2342                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2343                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2344                                       Selector GetterSel,
2345                                       Selector SetterSel,
2346                                       const bool isAssign,
2347                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2348                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2349                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2350                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2351                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2352                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2353
2354  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2355  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2356  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2357                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2358                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2359                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2360                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2361                                       Selector GetterSel,
2362                                       Selector SetterSel,
2363                                       const bool isAssign,
2364                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2365                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2366                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2367                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2368                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2369                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2370
2371  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2372  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2373  /// setter or getter.
2374  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2375                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2376
2377  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2378
2379  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2380
2381  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2382    MMS_loose,
2383    MMS_strict
2384  };
2385
2386  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2387  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2388  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2389                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2390                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2391
2392  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2393  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2394  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2395                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2396                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2397                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2398                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2399                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2400                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2401                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2402                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2403
2404  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2405  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2406  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2407  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2408
2409  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2410  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2411
2412private:
2413  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2414  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2415  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2416
2417  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2418  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2419  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2420                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2421                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2422
2423public:
2424  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2425  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2426  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2427  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2428  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2429    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2430  }
2431
2432  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2433  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2434    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2435  }
2436
2437  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2438  /// pool.
2439  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2440
2441  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2442  /// there are multiple signatures.
2443  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2444                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2445                                                   bool warn=true) {
2446    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2447                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2448  }
2449
2450  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2451  /// there are multiple signatures.
2452  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2453                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2454                                                  bool warn=true) {
2455    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2456                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2457  }
2458
2459  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2460  /// implementation.
2461  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2462
2463  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2464  /// initialization.
2465  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2466                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2467
2468  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2469  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2470public:
2471  class FullExprArg {
2472  public:
2473    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2474
2475    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2476    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2477    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2478    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2479
2480    ExprResult release() {
2481      return E;
2482    }
2483
2484    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2485
2486    Expr *operator->() {
2487      return E;
2488    }
2489
2490  private:
2491    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2492    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2493    friend class Sema;
2494
2495    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2496
2497    Expr *E;
2498  };
2499
2500  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2501    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2502  }
2503  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2504    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2505  }
2506
2507  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2508
2509  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2510                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2511
2512  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2513  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2514  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2515                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2516                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2517
2518  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2519  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2520  public:
2521    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2522      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2523    }
2524
2525    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2526      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2527    }
2528
2529  private:
2530    Sema &S;
2531  };
2532
2533  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2534                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2535                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2536  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2537  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2538  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2539                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2540                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2541  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2542
2543  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2544                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2545                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2546  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2547                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2548
2549  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2550                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2551                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2552
2553  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2554                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2555                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2556                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2557  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2558                                            Expr *Cond,
2559                                            Decl *CondVar);
2560  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2561                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2562  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2563                            FullExprArg Cond,
2564                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2565  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2566                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2567                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2568                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2569
2570  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2571                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2572                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2573                          Decl *SecondVar,
2574                          FullExprArg Third,
2575                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2576                          Stmt *Body);
2577  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2578                                           Expr *collection);
2579  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2580                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2581                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2582  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2583
2584  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2585    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2586    BFRK_Build,
2587    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2588    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2589    BFRK_Rebuild,
2590    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2591    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2592    BFRK_Check
2593  };
2594
2595  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2596                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2597                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2598                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2599  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2600                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2601                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2602                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2603                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2604                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2605                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2606  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2607
2608  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2609                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2610                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2611  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2612                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2613                                   Expr *DestExp);
2614  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2615  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2616
2617  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2618                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2619
2620  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2621  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2622
2623  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2624                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2625                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2626                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2627                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2628                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2629
2630  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2631                                       unsigned &Size);
2632  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2633                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2634  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2635                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2636
2637  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2638                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2639                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2640                                  bool Invalid = false);
2641
2642  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2643
2644  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2645                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2646
2647  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2648
2649  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2650                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2651
2652  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2653  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2654                                  Scope *CurScope);
2655  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2656                                            Expr *operand);
2657  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2658                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2659                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2660
2661  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2662
2663  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2664                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2665                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2666                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2667
2668  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2669
2670  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2671                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2672  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2673                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2674
2675  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2676                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2677                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2678                              Stmt *Handler);
2679
2680  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2681                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2682                                 Stmt *Block);
2683
2684  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2685                                  Stmt *Block);
2686
2687  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2688
2689  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2690
2691  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2692  /// of it.
2693  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2694
2695  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2696  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2697  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2698  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2699
2700  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2701  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2702  ///
2703  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2704  ///     if (condition);
2705  ///       do_stuff();
2706  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2707                             const Stmt *Body,
2708                             unsigned DiagID);
2709
2710  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2711  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2712  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2713                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2714
2715  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2716    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2717  }
2718  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2719
2720  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2721  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2722    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2723  }
2724  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2725    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2726  }
2727
2728  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2729
2730  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2731                              SourceLocation Loc,
2732                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2733                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2734
2735  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2736
2737  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2738                                     StringRef message);
2739
2740  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2741  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2742
2743  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2744  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2745                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2746  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2747  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2748  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2749                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2750                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2751  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2752                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2753
2754  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2755                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2756                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2757  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2758  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2759                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2760                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2761  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2762
2763  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2764
2765  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2766  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2767
2768  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2769
2770  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2771  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2772  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2773  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2774  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2775  // named expressions.
2776  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2777  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2778  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2779  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2780  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2781
2782  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2783  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2784
2785  enum TryCaptureKind {
2786    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2787  };
2788
2789  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2790  ///
2791  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2792  ///
2793  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2794  ///
2795  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2796  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2797  ///
2798  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2799  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2800  ///
2801  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2802  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2803  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2804  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2805  ///
2806  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2807  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2808  /// variable can be captured.
2809  ///
2810  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2811  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2812  /// captured.
2813  ///
2814  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2815  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2816  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2817                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2818                          QualType &CaptureType,
2819                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2820
2821  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2822  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2823                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2824                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2825
2826  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2827  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2828  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2829
2830  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2831  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2832                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2833
2834  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2835  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2836  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2837  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2838                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2839                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2840
2841  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2842  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2843                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2844
2845  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2846  /// evaluation context.
2847  ///
2848  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
2849  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
2850  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
2851  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
2852  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2853                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2854
2855  // Primary Expressions.
2856  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2857
2858  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2859                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2860                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2861                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2862                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2863
2864  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2865                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2866                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2867                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2868
2869  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2870                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2871                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2872                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2873
2874  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2875                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2876                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2877
2878  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2879                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2880                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2881                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2882                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2883
2884  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2885                              ExprValueKind VK,
2886                              SourceLocation Loc,
2887                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2888  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2889                              ExprValueKind VK,
2890                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2891                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2892  ExprResult
2893  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2894                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2895                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2896                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2897                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2898  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2899                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2900                                             LookupResult &R,
2901                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2902  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2903                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2904                                     LookupResult &R,
2905                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2906                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2907  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2908                                  const LookupResult &R,
2909                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2910
2911  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2912                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2913                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2914  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2915                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2916                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2917                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2918
2919  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2920                                      LookupResult &R,
2921                                      bool NeedsADL);
2922  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2923                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2924                                      NamedDecl *D);
2925
2926  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2927                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2928                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2929                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2930                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2931
2932  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2933  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2934  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2935  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2936  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2937  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2938                                SourceLocation R,
2939                                MultiExprArg Val);
2940
2941  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2942  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2943  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2944                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2945
2946  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2947                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2948                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2949                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2950                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
2951                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
2952  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2953                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2954                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2955                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
2956                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
2957                                        Expr **Exprs,
2958                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
2959
2960  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
2961  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2962                                  Expr *InputExpr);
2963  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2964                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
2965  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2966                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
2967
2968  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2969                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
2970                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2971                                            SourceRange R);
2972  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2973                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2974  ExprResult
2975    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2976                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2977                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
2978                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
2979
2980  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
2981  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
2982
2983  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2984  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2985                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
2986                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2987  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
2988                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
2989                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
2990                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2991                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2992  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2993                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
2994
2995  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2996                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2997  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2998                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2999
3000  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3001                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3002                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3003                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3004                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3005                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3006                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3007
3008  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3009  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3010  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3011  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3012  // defines a custom operator->).
3013  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3014    Scope *S;
3015    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3016    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3017    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3018  };
3019
3020  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3021                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3022                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3023                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3024                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3025                                      LookupResult &R,
3026                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3027                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3028                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3029
3030  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3031  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3032                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3033                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3034                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3035                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3036
3037  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3038                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3039                                     const LookupResult &R);
3040
3041  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3042                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3043                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3044                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3045                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3046                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3047                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3048
3049  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3050                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3051                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3052                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3053                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3054                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3055                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3056                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3057
3058  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3059  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3060                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3061                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3062                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3063                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3064                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3065  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3066                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3067                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3068
3069  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3070  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3071  /// locations.
3072  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3073                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3074                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3075  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3076                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3077                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3078                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3079                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3080                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3081
3082  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3083                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3084                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3085
3086  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3087                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3088                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3089  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3090                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3091                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3092                                 Expr *Op);
3093  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3094
3095  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3096  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3097                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3098                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3099
3100  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3101
3102  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3103                                  ParsedType Ty,
3104                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3105                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3106
3107  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3108                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3109                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3110                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3111
3112  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3113                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3114                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3115
3116  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3117                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3118                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3119                                        ExprResult Init);
3120
3121  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3122                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3123  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3124                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3125  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3126                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3127
3128  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3129  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3130  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3131                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3132                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3133
3134  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3135  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3136                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3137
3138  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3139  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3140                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3141  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3142
3143  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3144  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3145    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3146    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3147    union {
3148      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3149      Expr *E;
3150    } U;
3151  };
3152
3153  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3154  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3155                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3156                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3157                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3158                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3159  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3160                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3161                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3162                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3163                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3164                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3165                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3166
3167  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3168  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3169                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3170                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3171
3172  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3173  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3174                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3175  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3176                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3177
3178  // __null
3179  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3180
3181  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3182
3183  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3184  enum IfExistsResult {
3185    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3186    IER_Exists,
3187
3188    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3189    IER_DoesNotExist,
3190
3191    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3192    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3193    IER_Dependent,
3194
3195    /// \brief An error occurred.
3196    IER_Error
3197  };
3198
3199  IfExistsResult
3200  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3201                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3202
3203  IfExistsResult
3204  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3205                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3206                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3207
3208  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3209                                        bool IsIfExists,
3210                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3211                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3212                                        Stmt *Nested);
3213  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3214                                        bool IsIfExists,
3215                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3216                                        Stmt *Nested);
3217
3218  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3219
3220  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3221  /// started.
3222  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3223
3224  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3225  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3226  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3227                           Scope *CurScope);
3228
3229  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3230  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3231  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3232
3233  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3234  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3235  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3236                                Scope *CurScope);
3237
3238  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3239
3240  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3241  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3242                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3243                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3244
3245  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3246
3247  // Act on C++ namespaces
3248  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3249                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3250                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3251                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3252                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3253                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3254  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3255
3256  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3257  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3258
3259  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3260
3261  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3262  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3263  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3264
3265  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3266  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3267  ///
3268  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3269  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3270
3271  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3272  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3273  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3274
3275  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3276                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3277                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3278                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3279                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3280                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3281                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3282
3283  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3284
3285  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3286                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3287                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3288                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3289                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3290                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3291                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3292
3293  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3294  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3295                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3296  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3297                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3298
3299  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3300                                   bool isTypeName,
3301                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3302                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3303                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3304  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3305                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3306                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3307
3308  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3309                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3310                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3311                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3312                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3313                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3314                                   bool IsTypeName,
3315                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3316
3317  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3318
3319  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3320                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3321                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3322                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3323                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3324                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3325                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3326                              bool IsTypeName,
3327                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3328  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3329                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3330                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3331                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3332                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3333                              TypeResult Type);
3334
3335  /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
3336  /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl.
3337  bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
3338                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3339                                    MultiExprArg Exprs,
3340                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3341
3342  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3343  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3344  ///
3345  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3346  ExprResult
3347  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3348                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3349                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3350                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3351
3352  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3353  // the constructor can be elidable?
3354  ExprResult
3355  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3356                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3357                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3358                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3359                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3360
3361  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3362  /// the default expr if needed.
3363  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3364                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3365                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3366
3367  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3368  /// constructed variable.
3369  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3370
3371  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3372  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3373  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3374    // Pointer to allow copying
3375    Sema *Self;
3376    // We order exception specifications thus:
3377    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3378    // throw() comes next.
3379    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3380    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3381    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3382    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3383    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3384    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3385
3386    void ClearExceptions() {
3387      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3388      Exceptions.clear();
3389    }
3390
3391  public:
3392    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3393      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3394      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
3395        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3396    }
3397
3398    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3399    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3400      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3401             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3402      return ComputedEST;
3403    }
3404
3405    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3406    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3407
3408    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3409    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3410
3411    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3412    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3413
3414    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3415    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3416
3417    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3418    /// computed exception specification.
3419    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3420      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3421      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3422        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3423        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3424      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3425        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3426        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3427        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3428        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3429        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3430                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3431      }
3432    }
3433    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3434      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3435      getEPI(EPI);
3436      return EPI;
3437    }
3438  };
3439
3440  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3441  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3442  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3443  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3444                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3445
3446  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3447  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3448  /// will be const.
3449  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3450  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3451
3452  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3453  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3454  /// parameter will be const.
3455  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3456  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3457
3458  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3459  /// constructor of a class will have.
3460  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3461  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3462
3463  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3464  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3465  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3466  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3467
3468  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3469  /// destructor of a class will have.
3470  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3471  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3472
3473  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3474  /// special member function.
3475  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3476
3477  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3478  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3479  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3480                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3481                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3482                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3483                                   llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3484                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3485
3486  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3487  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3488  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3489                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3490
3491  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3492  ///
3493  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3494  /// default constructor will be added.
3495  ///
3496  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3497  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3498                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3499
3500  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3501  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3502  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3503                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3504
3505  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3506  ///
3507  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3508  /// destructor will be added.
3509  ///
3510  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3511  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3512
3513  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3514  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3515  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3516                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3517
3518  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3519  ///
3520  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3521  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3522  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3523                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3524
3525  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3526  ///
3527  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3528  /// constructors will be added.
3529  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3530
3531  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3532  ///
3533  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3534  /// copy constructor will be added.
3535  ///
3536  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3537  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3538
3539  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3540  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3541  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3542                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3543
3544  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3545  ///
3546  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3547  /// move constructor will be added.
3548  ///
3549  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3550  /// declared.
3551  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3552
3553  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3554  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3555  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3556                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3557
3558  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3559  ///
3560  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3561  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3562  ///
3563  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3564  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3565
3566  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3567  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3568                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3569
3570  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3571  ///
3572  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3573  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3574  ///
3575  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3576  /// wasn't declared.
3577  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3578
3579  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3580  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3581                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3582
3583  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3584  /// class.
3585  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3586
3587  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3588  /// special member function.
3589  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3590
3591  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3592  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3593  ///
3594  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3595  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3596
3597  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3598  /// member function.
3599  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3600
3601  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3602  /// static member function.
3603  ///
3604  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3605  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3606
3607  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3608  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3609  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3610  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3611
3612  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3613                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3614                               SourceLocation Loc,
3615                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3616                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3617
3618  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3619                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3620                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3621                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3622                               bool EnteringContext);
3623
3624  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3625
3626  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3627  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3628                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3629
3630  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3631  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3632                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3633                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3634                               Declarator &D,
3635                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3636                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3637                               Expr *E,
3638                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3639
3640  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3641                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3642                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3643                               Expr *E,
3644                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3645                               SourceRange Parens);
3646
3647  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3648                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3649                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3650                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3651  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3652                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3653                            Expr *Operand,
3654                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3655
3656  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3657  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3658                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3659                            void *TyOrExpr,
3660                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3661
3662  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3663                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3664                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3665                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3666  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3667                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3668                            Expr *Operand,
3669                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3670
3671  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3672  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3673                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3674                            void *TyOrExpr,
3675                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3676
3677
3678  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3679  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3680
3681  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3682  ///
3683  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3684  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3685
3686  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3687  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3688  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3689  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3690
3691  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3692  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3693  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3694    Sema &S;
3695    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3696    bool Enabled;
3697
3698  public:
3699    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3700    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3701    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3702    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3703    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3704                     bool Enabled = true);
3705
3706    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3707  };
3708
3709  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3710  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3711  ///
3712  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3713  ///
3714  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3715  /// capture list.
3716  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3717
3718  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3719  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3720  /// being defined.
3721  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3722
3723  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3724  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3725
3726
3727  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3728  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3729
3730  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3731  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3732
3733  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3734  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3735  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3736                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3737  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3738                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3739
3740  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3741  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3742  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3743  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3744  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3745                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3746                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3747                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3748
3749  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3750                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3751                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3752                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3753
3754  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3755  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3756                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3757                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3758                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3759                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3760                         Expr *Initializer);
3761  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3762                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3763                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3764                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3765                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3766                         QualType AllocType,
3767                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3768                         Expr *ArraySize,
3769                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3770                         Expr *Initializer,
3771                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3772
3773  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3774                          SourceRange R);
3775  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3776                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3777                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3778                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3779                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3780  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3781                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3782                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3783                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3784                              bool Diagnose = true);
3785  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3786  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3787                                       QualType Argument,
3788                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3789
3790  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3791                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3792                                bool Diagnose = true);
3793
3794  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3795  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3796                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3797                            Expr *Operand);
3798
3799  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3800  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3801                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3802                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3803
3804  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3805                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3806  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3807                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3808
3809  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3810  /// pseudo-functions.
3811  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3812                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3813                                 ParsedType Ty,
3814                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3815
3816  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3817                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3818                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3819                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3820
3821  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3822  /// pseudo-functions.
3823  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3824                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3825                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3826                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3827                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3828
3829  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3830                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3831                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3832                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3833                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3834
3835  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3836  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3837                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3838                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3839  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3840                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3841                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3842
3843  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3844  /// pseudo-functions.
3845  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3846                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3847                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3848                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3849                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3850
3851  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3852                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3853                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3854                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3855                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3856
3857  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3858  /// pseudo-functions.
3859  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3860                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3861                                  Expr *Queried,
3862                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3863
3864  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3865                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3866                                  Expr *Queried,
3867                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3868
3869  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3870                                          Expr *Base,
3871                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3872                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3873                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3874                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3875
3876  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3877
3878  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3879                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3880                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3881                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3882                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3883                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3884                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3885                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3886                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3887
3888  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3889                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3890                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3891                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3892                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3893                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3894                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3895                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3896                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3897
3898  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3899                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3900                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3901                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3902                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3903                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3904
3905  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3906  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3907  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3908  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3909  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3910  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3911
3912  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
3913    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
3914                                          : SourceLocation());
3915  }
3916  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
3917  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3918
3919  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3920  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3921
3922  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3923  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3924                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3925  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3926  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3927  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3928
3929  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3930  ///
3931  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3932  ///
3933  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3934  ///
3935  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3936  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3937  ///
3938  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3939  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3940                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3941
3942  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3943  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3944
3945  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3946                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3947                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3948                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3949
3950  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3951                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3952                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3953                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3954                                   QualType ObjectType,
3955                                   bool EnteringContext,
3956                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3957                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
3958                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
3959
3960  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
3961  ///
3962  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3963  ///
3964  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
3965  ///
3966  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
3967  ///
3968  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3969  ///
3970  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
3971  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
3972  ///
3973  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
3974  /// this nested-name-specifier.
3975  ///
3976  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3977  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3978  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
3979  /// including this new type).
3980  ///
3981  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3982  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3983                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3984                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3985                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3986                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
3987                                   bool EnteringContext,
3988                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3989
3990  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
3991
3992  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3993                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
3994                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
3995
3996  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3997                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3998                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3999                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4000                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4001                                 bool EnteringContext);
4002
4003  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4004  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4005  ///
4006  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4007  ///
4008  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4009  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4010  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4011  /// including this new type).
4012  ///
4013  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4014  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4015  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4016  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4017  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4018  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4019  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4020  ///
4021  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4022  /// nested-name-specifier.
4023  ///
4024  ///
4025  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4026  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4027                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4028                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4029                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4030                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4031                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4032                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4033                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4034                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4035                                   bool EnteringContext);
4036
4037  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4038  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4039  /// nested-name-specifier.
4040  ///
4041  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4042  ///
4043  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4044  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4045  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4046
4047  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4048  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4049  ///
4050  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4051  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4052  ///
4053  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4054  ///
4055  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4056  /// of the annotation pointer.
4057  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4058                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4059                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4060
4061  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4062
4063  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4064  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4065  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4066  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4067  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4068  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4069  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4070
4071  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4072  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4073  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4074  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4075  /// defining scope.
4076  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4077
4078  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4079  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4080  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4081  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4082  /// class X.
4083  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4084
4085  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4086  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4087  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4088
4089  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4090  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4091                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4092                                         bool KnownDependent);
4093
4094  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4095  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4096                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4097                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4098                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4099                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4100
4101  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4102  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4103                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4104                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4105                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4106                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4107                                          bool Mutable);
4108
4109  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4110  /// given lambda.
4111  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4112
4113  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4114  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4115
4116  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4117  /// statements present in the body.
4118  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4119
4120  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4121  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4122  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4123  /// lambda.
4124  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4125                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4126
4127  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4128  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4129  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4130                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4131
4132  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4133  /// was successfully completed.
4134  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4135                             Scope *CurScope,
4136                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4137
4138  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4139  /// function pointer.
4140  ///
4141  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4142  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4143  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4144  /// block pointer conversion.
4145  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4146         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4147
4148  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4149  /// block pointer.
4150  ///
4151  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4152  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4153  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4154  /// block pointer conversion.
4155  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4156                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4157
4158  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4159                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4160                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4161                                           Expr *Src);
4162
4163  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4164  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4165                                    Expr **Strings,
4166                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4167
4168  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4169
4170  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4171  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4172  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4173  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4174  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4175                                  bool Value);
4176  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4177
4178  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4179  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4180  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4181  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4182  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4183  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4184
4185  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4186                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4187                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4188                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4189
4190  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4191                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4192                                        unsigned NumElements);
4193
4194  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4195                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4196                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4197  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4198                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4199                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4200
4201  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4202                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4203                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4204                                       ParsedType Ty,
4205                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4206
4207  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4208  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4209                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4210                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4211                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4212                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4213
4214  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4215  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4216                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4217                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4218                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4219                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4220                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4221
4222  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4223  // C++ Declarations
4224  //
4225  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4226                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4227                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4228                                       StringRef Lang,
4229                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4230  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4231                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4232                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4233
4234
4235  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4236  // C++ Classes
4237  //
4238  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4239                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4240
4241  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4242                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4243                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4244                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4245
4246  Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4247                                 Declarator &D,
4248                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4249                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4250                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4251  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4252                                        Expr *Init);
4253
4254  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4255                                    Scope *S,
4256                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4257                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4258                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4259                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4260                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4261                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4262                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4263                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4264                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4265
4266  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4267                                    Scope *S,
4268                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4269                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4270                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4271                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4272                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4273                                    Expr *InitList,
4274                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4275
4276  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4277                                    Scope *S,
4278                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4279                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4280                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4281                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4282                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4283                                    Expr *Init,
4284                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4285
4286  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4287                                       Expr *Init,
4288                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4289
4290  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4291                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4292                                     Expr *Init,
4293                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4294                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4295
4296  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4297                                           Expr *Init,
4298                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4299
4300  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4301                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4302
4303  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4304                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
4305                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
4306
4307  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4308
4309
4310  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4311  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4312  /// referenced.
4313  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4314                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4315
4316  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4317  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4318  /// first use occurred.
4319  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4320
4321  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4322  /// materialized.
4323  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4324
4325  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4326  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4327  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4328  /// by code generation).
4329  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4330
4331  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4332  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4333
4334  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4335                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4336    DynamicClassesType;
4337
4338  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4339  /// unit.
4340  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4341
4342  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4343  /// given location.
4344  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4345                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4346
4347  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4348  /// in the given class as needed.
4349  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4350                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4351
4352  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4353  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4354  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4355                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4356
4357  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4358  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4359  /// vtables.
4360  ///
4361  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4362  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4363
4364  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4365
4366  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4367                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4368                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4369                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4370                            bool AnyErrors);
4371
4372  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4373  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4374                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4375                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4376                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4377                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4378  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4379
4380  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4381  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4382  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4383  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4384  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4385  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4386  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4387  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4388  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4389  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4390
4391  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4392                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4393                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4394                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4395  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4396                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4397                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4398                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4399                                     bool Failed);
4400
4401  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4402                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4403                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4404  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4405                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4406  Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4407                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4408
4409  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4410                                      StorageClass& SC);
4411  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4412  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4413                                     StorageClass& SC);
4414  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4415  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4416                                 StorageClass& SC);
4417  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4418
4419  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4420  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4421
4422  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4423  // C++ Derived Classes
4424  //
4425
4426  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4427  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4428                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4429                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4430                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4431                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4432
4433  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4434                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4435                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4436                                ParsedType basetype,
4437                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4438                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4439
4440  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4441                            unsigned NumBases);
4442  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4443                           unsigned NumBases);
4444
4445  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4446  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4447
4448  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4449  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4450
4451  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4452
4453  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4454                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4455                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4456                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4457  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4458                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4459                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4460                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4461                                    DeclarationName Name,
4462                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4463
4464  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4465
4466  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4467  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4468  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4469                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4470
4471  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4472  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4473  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4474                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4475
4476  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4477
4478  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4479  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4480
4481  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4482  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4483  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4484  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4485                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4486
4487
4488  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4489  // C++ Access Control
4490  //
4491
4492  enum AccessResult {
4493    AR_accessible,
4494    AR_inaccessible,
4495    AR_dependent,
4496    AR_delayed
4497  };
4498
4499  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4500                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4501                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4502
4503  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4504                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4505  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4506                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4507  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4508                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4509                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4510                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4511                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4512  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4513                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4514                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4515                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4516                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4517  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4518                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4519                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4520                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4521                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4522  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4523                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4524                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4525                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4526  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4527  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4528                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4529                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4530                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4531  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4532                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4533  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4534                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4535                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4536                                    unsigned DiagID,
4537                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4538                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4539  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4540  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4541  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4542                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4543                                            QualType objectType);
4544
4545  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4546                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4547  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4548                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4549
4550  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4551
4552  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4553  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4554  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4555
4556  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4557    AbstractNone = -1,
4558    AbstractReturnType,
4559    AbstractParamType,
4560    AbstractVariableType,
4561    AbstractFieldType,
4562    AbstractIvarType,
4563    AbstractArrayType
4564  };
4565
4566  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4567                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4568  template<typename T1>
4569  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4570                              unsigned DiagID,
4571                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4572    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4573    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4574  }
4575
4576  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4577  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4578                              unsigned DiagID,
4579                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4580    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4581    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4582  }
4583
4584  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4585  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4586                              unsigned DiagID,
4587                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4588    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4589    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4590  }
4591
4592  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4593
4594  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4595                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4596
4597  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4598  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4599  //
4600
4601  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4602
4603  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4604
4605  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4606  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4607  //
4608  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4609                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4610  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4611                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4612
4613  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4614                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4615                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4616
4617  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4618                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4619                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4620                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4621                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4622                                  bool EnteringContext,
4623                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4624                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4625
4626  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4627                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4628                                   Scope *S,
4629                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4630                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4631                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4632
4633  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4634  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4635
4636  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4637                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4638                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4639                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4640                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4641                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4642                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4643                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4644
4645  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4646  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4647                                      unsigned Depth,
4648                                      unsigned Position,
4649                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4650                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4651  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4652                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4653                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4654                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4655                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4656                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4657                                       unsigned Depth,
4658                                       unsigned Position,
4659                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4660                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4661
4662  TemplateParameterList *
4663  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4664                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4665                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4666                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4667                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4668                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4669
4670  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4671  /// list.
4672  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4673    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4674    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4675    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4676    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4677    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4678    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4679  };
4680
4681  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4682                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4683                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4684  TemplateParameterList *
4685  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4686                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4687                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4688                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4689                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4690                                          bool IsFriend,
4691                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4692                                          bool &Invalid);
4693
4694  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4695                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4696                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4697                                AttributeList *Attr,
4698                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4699                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4700                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4701                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4702                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4703
4704  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4705                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4706
4707  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4708
4709  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4710                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4711                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4712
4713  TypeResult
4714  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4715                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4716                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4717                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4718                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4719                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4720
4721  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4722  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4723  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4724                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4725                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4726                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4727                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4728                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4729                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4730                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4731                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4732                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4733
4734
4735  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4736                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4737                                 LookupResult &R,
4738                                 bool RequiresADL,
4739                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4740
4741  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4742                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4743                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4744                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4745
4746  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4747                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4748                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4749                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4750                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4751                                              bool EnteringContext,
4752                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4753
4754  DeclResult
4755  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4756                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4757                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4758                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4759                                   TemplateTy Template,
4760                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4761                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4762                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4763                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4764                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4765                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4766
4767  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4768                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4769                                Declarator &D);
4770
4771  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4772                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4773                                        Declarator &D);
4774
4775  bool
4776  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4777                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4778                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4779                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4780                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4781                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4782
4783  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4784                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4785                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4786
4787  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4788                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4789                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4790  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4791
4792  DeclResult
4793  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4794                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4795                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4796                             unsigned TagSpec,
4797                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4798                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4799                             TemplateTy Template,
4800                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4801                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4802                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4803                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4804                             AttributeList *Attr);
4805
4806  DeclResult
4807  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4808                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4809                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4810                             unsigned TagSpec,
4811                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4812                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4813                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4814                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4815                             AttributeList *Attr);
4816
4817  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4818                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4819                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4820                                        Declarator &D);
4821
4822  TemplateArgumentLoc
4823  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4824                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4825                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4826                                          Decl *Param,
4827                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4828
4829  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4830  /// argument is being checked.
4831  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4832    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4833    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4834    CTAK_Specified,
4835
4836    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4837    /// deduction.
4838    CTAK_Deduced,
4839
4840    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4841    /// via template argument deduction.
4842    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4843  };
4844
4845  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4846                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4847                             NamedDecl *Template,
4848                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4849                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4850                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4851                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4852                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4853
4854  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4855  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4856  ///
4857  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4858  /// provided.
4859  ///
4860  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4861  ///
4862  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4863  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4864  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4865  /// arguments.
4866  ///
4867  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4868  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4869  /// set of template arguments.
4870  ///
4871  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4872  /// arguments.
4873  ///
4874  ///
4875  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4876  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4877  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4878  ///
4879  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4880  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4881                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4882                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4883                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4884                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4885                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4886
4887  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4888                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4889                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4890
4891  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4892                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4893  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4894                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4895                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4896                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4897  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4898                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4899                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
4900
4901  ExprResult
4902  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4903                                          QualType ParamType,
4904                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4905  ExprResult
4906  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4907                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4908
4909  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4910  /// for equality.
4911  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4912    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4913    /// that might be redeclarations.
4914    ///
4915    /// \code
4916    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4917    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4918    /// \endcode
4919    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4920
4921    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4922    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4923    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4924    ///
4925    /// \code
4926    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4927    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4928    /// \endcode
4929    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4930
4931    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4932    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4933    /// template parameter.
4934    ///
4935    /// \code
4936    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4937    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4938    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4939    /// \endcode
4940    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4941  };
4942
4943  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4944                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4945                                      bool Complain,
4946                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4947                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4948                                        = SourceLocation());
4949
4950  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4951
4952  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4953  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
4954  ///
4955  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4956  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4957  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4958  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
4959  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
4960  TypeResult
4961  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4962                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
4963                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
4964
4965  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4966  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
4967  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
4968  ///
4969  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4970  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4971  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4972  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4973  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
4974  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4975  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4976  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4977  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4978  TypeResult
4979  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4980                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4981                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4982                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
4983                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4984                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4985                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4986                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4987
4988  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
4989                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4990                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4991                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
4992                             SourceLocation IILoc);
4993
4994  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
4995                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
4996                                                    DeclarationName Name);
4997  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4998
4999  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5000  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5001                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5002
5003  std::string
5004  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5005                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5006
5007  std::string
5008  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5009                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5010                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5011
5012  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5013  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5014  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5015
5016  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5017  /// being diagnosed.
5018  ///
5019  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5020  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5021  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5022    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5023    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5024
5025    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5026    UPPC_BaseType,
5027
5028    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5029    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5030
5031    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5032    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5033
5034    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5035    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5036
5037    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5038    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5039
5040    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5041    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5042
5043    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5044    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5045
5046    /// \brief A using declaration.
5047    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5048
5049    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5050    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5051
5052    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5053    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5054
5055    /// \brief An initializer.
5056    UPPC_Initializer,
5057
5058    /// \brief A default argument.
5059    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5060
5061    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5062    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5063
5064    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5065    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5066
5067    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5068    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5069
5070    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5071    UPPC_IfExists,
5072
5073    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5074    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5075
5076    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5077    UPPC_Lambda,
5078
5079    /// \brief Block expression,
5080    UPPC_Block
5081};
5082
5083  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5084  ///
5085  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5086  ///
5087  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5088  /// parameter packs.
5089  ///
5090  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5091  ///
5092  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5093  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5094                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5095                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5096
5097  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5098  /// diagnose the error.
5099  ///
5100  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5101  ///
5102  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5103  /// packs.
5104  ///
5105  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5106  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5107                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5108
5109  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5110  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5111  ///
5112  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5113  /// parameter packs.
5114  ///
5115  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5116  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5117                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5118
5119  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5120  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5121  ///
5122  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5123  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5124  ///
5125  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5126  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5127                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5128
5129  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5130  /// diagnose the error.
5131  ///
5132  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5133  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5134  ///
5135  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5136  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5137                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5138
5139  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5140  /// diagnose the error.
5141  ///
5142  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5143  ///
5144  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5145  /// parameter packs.
5146  ///
5147  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5148  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5149                                       TemplateName Template,
5150                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5151
5152  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5153  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5154  ///
5155  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5156  /// parameter packs.
5157  ///
5158  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5159  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5160                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5161
5162  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5163  /// template argument.
5164  ///
5165  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5166  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5167  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5168                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5169
5170  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5171  /// template argument.
5172  ///
5173  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5174  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5175  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5176                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5177
5178  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5179  /// type.
5180  ///
5181  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5182  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5183  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5184                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5185
5186  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5187  /// type.
5188  ///
5189  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5190  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5191  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5192                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5193
5194  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5195  /// nested-name-specifier.
5196  ///
5197  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5198  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5199  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5200                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5201
5202  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5203  /// name.
5204  ///
5205  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5206  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5207  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5208                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5209
5210  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5211  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5212  ///
5213  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5214  /// may already be invalid.
5215  ///
5216  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5217  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5218                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5219
5220  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5221  /// creates a pack expansion.
5222  ///
5223  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5224  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5225  ///
5226  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5227  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5228
5229  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5230  /// expansion.
5231  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5232                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5233                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5234
5235  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5236  /// expansion.
5237  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5238                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5239                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5240                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5241
5242  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5243  /// creates a pack expansion.
5244  ///
5245  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5246  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5247  ///
5248  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5249  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5250
5251  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5252  /// creates a pack expansion.
5253  ///
5254  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5255  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5256  ///
5257  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5258  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5259                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5260
5261  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5262  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5263  /// transforming the pattern.
5264  ///
5265  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5266  /// pack expansion.
5267  ///
5268  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5269  /// the pack expansion.
5270  ///
5271  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5272  /// pattern.
5273  ///
5274  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5275  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5276  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5277  ///
5278  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5279  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5280  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5281  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5282  ///
5283  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5284  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5285  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5286  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5287  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5288  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5289  /// set this value in other cases.
5290  ///
5291  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5292  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5293  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5294  /// must be set.
5295  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5296                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5297                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5298                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5299                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5300                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5301                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5302
5303  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5304  /// type.
5305  ///
5306  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5307  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5308  ///
5309  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5310  llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5311                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5312
5313  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5314  /// parameter packs.
5315  ///
5316  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5317  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5318  ///
5319  /// \code
5320  ///   void f(T...);
5321  /// \endcode
5322  ///
5323  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5324  /// a variadic function.
5325  ///
5326  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5327  /// false otherwise.
5328  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5329
5330  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5331  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5332  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5333
5334  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5335  ///
5336  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5337  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5338  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5339  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5340  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5341  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5342  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5343  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5344    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5345    TDK_Success = 0,
5346    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5347    TDK_Invalid,
5348    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5349    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5350    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5351    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5352    /// for every template parameter.
5353    TDK_Incomplete,
5354    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5355    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5356    TDK_Inconsistent,
5357    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5358    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5359    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5360    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5361    TDK_Underqualified,
5362    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5363    /// resulted in an error.
5364    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5365    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5366    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5367    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5368    /// arguments provided.
5369    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5370    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5371    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5372    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5373    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5374    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5375    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5376    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5377    /// template arguments for the given template.
5378    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5379    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5380    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5381    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5382  };
5383
5384  TemplateDeductionResult
5385  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5386                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5387                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5388
5389  TemplateDeductionResult
5390  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5391                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5392                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5393                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5394                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5395                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5396
5397  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5398  // deduction for a call.
5399  struct OriginalCallArg {
5400    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5401                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5402                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5403      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5404        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5405
5406    QualType OriginalParamType;
5407    unsigned ArgIdx;
5408    QualType OriginalArgType;
5409  };
5410
5411  TemplateDeductionResult
5412  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5413                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5414                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5415                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5416                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5417           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5418
5419  TemplateDeductionResult
5420  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5421                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5422                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5423                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5424                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5425
5426  TemplateDeductionResult
5427  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5428                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5429                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5430                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5431                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5432
5433  TemplateDeductionResult
5434  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5435                          QualType ToType,
5436                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5437                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5438
5439  TemplateDeductionResult
5440  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5441                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5442                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5443                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5444
5445  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5446  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5447    DAR_Succeeded,
5448    DAR_Failed,
5449    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5450  };
5451
5452  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5453                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5454  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5455
5456  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5457                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5458                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5459                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5460                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5461  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5462                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5463                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5464                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5465                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5466                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5467                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5468                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5469                                        bool Complain = true,
5470                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5471
5472  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5473  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5474                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5475                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5476                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5477
5478  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5479                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5480                                  unsigned Depth,
5481                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5482  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5483                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5484    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5485  }
5486  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5487                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5488                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5489
5490  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5491  // C++ Template Instantiation
5492  //
5493
5494  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5495                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5496                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5497                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5498
5499  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5500  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5501    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5502    enum InstantiationKind {
5503      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5504      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5505      TemplateInstantiation,
5506
5507      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5508      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5509      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5510      /// arguments as specified.
5511      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5512      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5513
5514      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5515      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5516      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5517      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5518
5519      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5520      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5521      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5522
5523      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5524      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5525      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5526      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5527      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5528      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5529
5530      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5531      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5532      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5533      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5534
5535      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5536      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5537      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5538
5539      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5540      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5541      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5542    } Kind;
5543
5544    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5545    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5546
5547    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5548    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5549    /// arguments.
5550    NamedDecl *Template;
5551
5552    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5553    Decl *Entity;
5554
5555    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5556    /// are not part of the entity.
5557    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5558
5559    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5560    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5561
5562    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5563    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5564    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5565
5566    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5567    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5568    /// template instantiation.
5569    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5570
5571    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5572      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5573        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5574
5575    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5576    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5577    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5578
5579    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5580                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5581      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5582        return false;
5583
5584      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5585        return false;
5586
5587      switch (X.Kind) {
5588      case TemplateInstantiation:
5589      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5590        return true;
5591
5592      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5593      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5594        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5595          return false;
5596
5597        // Fall through
5598
5599      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5600      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5601      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5602      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5603        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5604
5605      }
5606
5607      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5608    }
5609
5610    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5611                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5612      return !(X == Y);
5613    }
5614  };
5615
5616  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5617  ///
5618  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5619  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5620  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5621  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5622  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5623    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5624
5625  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5626  /// template instantiation.
5627  ///
5628  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5629  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5630  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5631
5632  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5633  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5634  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5635  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5636
5637  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5638  /// error or warning was produced.
5639  ///
5640  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5641  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5642  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5643  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5644  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5645
5646  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5647  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5648  ///
5649  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5650  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5651  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5652  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5653
5654  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5655  /// within a \c Sema object.
5656  ///
5657  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5658  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5659    Sema &Self;
5660    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5661
5662  public:
5663    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5664      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5665      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5666    }
5667
5668    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5669      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5670    }
5671  };
5672
5673  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5674
5675  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5676  ///
5677  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5678  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5679  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5680
5681  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5682  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5683  /// deduction.
5684  ///
5685  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5686  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5687    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5688
5689  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5690  /// instantiation.
5691  ///
5692  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5693  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5694  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5695  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5696  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5697  ///
5698  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5699  /// the stack.
5700  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5701    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5702    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5703    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5704                          Decl *Entity,
5705                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5706
5707    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5708    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5709    /// of a function template.
5710    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5711                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5712                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5713
5714    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5715    /// template-id.
5716    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5717                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5718                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5719                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5720
5721    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5722    /// template-id.
5723    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5724                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5725                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5726                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5727                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5728                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5729
5730    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5731    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5732    /// specialization.
5733    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5734                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5735                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5736                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5737                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5738
5739    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5740                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5741                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5742                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5743
5744    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5745    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5746    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5747                          NamedDecl *Template,
5748                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5749                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5750                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5751
5752    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5753                          NamedDecl *Template,
5754                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5755                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5756                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5757
5758    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5759    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5760    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5761                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5762                          NamedDecl *Param,
5763                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5764                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5765
5766
5767    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5768    void Clear();
5769
5770    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5771
5772    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5773    /// recursive template instantiations.
5774    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5775
5776  private:
5777    Sema &SemaRef;
5778    bool Invalid;
5779    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5780    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5781                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5782
5783    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5784
5785    InstantiatingTemplate&
5786    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5787  };
5788
5789  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5790
5791  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5792  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5793  /// errors.
5794  ///
5795  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5796  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5797  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5798  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5799  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5800
5801  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5802  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5803  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5804    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5805           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5806    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
5807  }
5808
5809  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5810  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5811  /// deduction.`
5812  class SFINAETrap {
5813    Sema &SemaRef;
5814    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5815    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5816    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5817
5818  public:
5819    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5820      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5821        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5822                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5823        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5824    {
5825      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5826        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5827      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5828    }
5829
5830    ~SFINAETrap() {
5831      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5832      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5833        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5834      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5835    }
5836
5837    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5838    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5839      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5840    }
5841  };
5842
5843  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5844  /// variables.
5845  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5846
5847  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5848  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5849
5850  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5851    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5852
5853  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5854  /// name lookup.
5855  ///
5856  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5857  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5858  /// string represents a keyword.
5859  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5860
5861  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5862  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5863
5864  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5865  ///
5866  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5867  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5868  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5869  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5870  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5871  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5872  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5873
5874  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5875  /// but have not yet been performed.
5876  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5877
5878  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5879  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5880  ///
5881  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5882  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5883  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5884  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5885  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5886
5887  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5888
5889  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5890                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5891                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5892
5893  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5894                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5895                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5896
5897  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5898                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5899                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5900
5901  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5902                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5903                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5904                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5905                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5906                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5907  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5908                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5909                                int indexAdjustment,
5910                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5911                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5912  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5913                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5914                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5915                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5916                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5917  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5918                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5919
5920  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5921  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5922  ///
5923  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5924  ///
5925  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5926  ///
5927  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5928  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5929  ///
5930  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5931  ///
5932  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5933  ///
5934  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5935  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5936                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5937                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5938
5939  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5940                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5941
5942  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5943                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5944
5945  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5946                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5947                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5948
5949  bool
5950  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5951                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5952                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5953
5954  bool
5955  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5956                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5957                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5958                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5959                   bool Complain = true);
5960
5961  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5962                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
5963                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5964                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5965
5966  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
5967    const Attr *TmplAttr;
5968    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
5969    Decl *NewDecl;
5970
5971    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
5972                              Decl *D)
5973      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
5974    { }
5975  };
5976  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
5977
5978  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5979                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
5980                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
5981                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
5982
5983  bool
5984  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5985                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5986                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5987                           bool Complain = true);
5988
5989  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5990                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5991                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5992                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5993
5994  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
5995                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5996                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5997                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5998
5999  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6000  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6001                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6002
6003  DeclarationNameInfo
6004  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6005                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6006  TemplateName
6007  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6008                    SourceLocation Loc,
6009                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6010  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6011             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6012             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6013
6014  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6015                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6016  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6017                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6018                                     bool Recursive = false,
6019                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6020  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6021                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6022                                     VarDecl *Var,
6023                                     bool Recursive = false,
6024                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6025
6026  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6027                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6028                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6029
6030  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6031                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6032  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6033                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6034
6035  // Objective-C declarations.
6036  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6037    OCK_None = -1,
6038    OCK_Interface = 0,
6039    OCK_Protocol,
6040    OCK_Category,
6041    OCK_ClassExtension,
6042    OCK_Implementation,
6043    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6044  };
6045  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6046
6047  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6048                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6049                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6050                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6051                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6052                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6053                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6054                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6055                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6056                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6057
6058  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6059                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6060                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6061                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6062
6063  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6064    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6065    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6066    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6067
6068  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6069                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6070                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6071                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6072                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6073                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6074                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6075
6076  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6077                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6078                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6079                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6080                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6081                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6082                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6083                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6084                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6085
6086  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6087                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6088                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6089                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6090                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6091
6092  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6093                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6094                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6095                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6096                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6097
6098  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6099                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6100
6101  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6102                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6103                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6104                                     unsigned NumElts);
6105
6106  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6107                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6108                                        unsigned NumElts,
6109                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6110
6111  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6112                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6113                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6114                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6115
6116  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6117  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6118  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6119  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6120                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6121                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6122                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6123
6124  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6125  /// setters and getters as needed.
6126  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6127  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6128  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6129  ///        in class extension.
6130  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6131  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6132                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6133                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6134                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6135
6136
6137  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6138                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6139                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6140  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
6141
6142
6143  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
6144
6145  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6146                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6147
6148  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6149                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6150
6151  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6152                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6153                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6154                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6155
6156  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6157                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6158                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6159                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6160                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6161                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6162                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6163
6164  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6165                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6166                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6167                              bool ImplKind,
6168                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6169                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6170                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6171
6172  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6173    OSMK_None,
6174    OSMK_Alloc,
6175    OSMK_New,
6176    OSMK_Copy,
6177    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6178    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6179  };
6180
6181  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6182    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6183    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6184    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6185    // in this case.
6186    ParsedType Type;
6187    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6188
6189    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6190    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6191  };
6192
6193  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6194    Scope *S,
6195    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6196    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6197    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6198    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6199    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6200    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6201    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6202    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6203    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6204    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6205    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6206
6207  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6208                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6209                                              bool IsInstance);
6210  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6211                                           bool IsInstance);
6212
6213  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6214
6215  ExprResult
6216  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6217                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6218                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6219                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6220                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6221                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6222                            bool Super);
6223
6224  ExprResult
6225  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6226                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6227                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6228                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6229
6230  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6231
6232  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6233  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6234  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6235    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6236    ObjCSuperMessage,
6237    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6238    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6239    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6240    /// name.
6241    ObjCClassMessage
6242  };
6243
6244  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6245                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6246                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6247                                     bool IsSuper,
6248                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6249                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6250
6251  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6252                               Selector Sel,
6253                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6254                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6255                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6256                               MultiExprArg Args);
6257
6258  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6259                               QualType ReceiverType,
6260                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6261                               Selector Sel,
6262                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6263                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6264                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6265                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6266                               MultiExprArg Args,
6267                               bool isImplicit = false);
6268
6269  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6270                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6271                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6272                                       Selector Sel,
6273                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6274                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6275
6276  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6277                               ParsedType Receiver,
6278                               Selector Sel,
6279                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6280                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6281                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6282                               MultiExprArg Args);
6283
6284  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6285                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6286                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6287                                  Selector Sel,
6288                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6289                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6290                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6291                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6292                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6293                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6294
6295  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6296                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6297                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6298                                          Selector Sel,
6299                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6300                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6301
6302  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6303                                  Expr *Receiver,
6304                                  Selector Sel,
6305                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6306                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6307                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6308                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6309
6310  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6311                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6312                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6313                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6314                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6315
6316  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6317                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6318                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6319                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6320                                  ParsedType Type,
6321                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6322                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6323
6324  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6325
6326  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6327  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6328  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6329                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
6330                               bool IsImplementation);
6331
6332  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6333  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6334    RTC_Compatible,
6335    RTC_Incompatible,
6336    RTC_Unknown
6337  };
6338
6339  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6340                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6341                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6342
6343  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6344    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6345    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6346    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6347    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6348    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6349    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6350  };
6351
6352  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6353  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6354                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6355
6356  enum PragmaPackKind {
6357    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6358    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6359    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6360    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6361  };
6362
6363  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6364    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6365    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6366  };
6367
6368  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6369  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6370                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6371                       Expr *Alignment,
6372                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6373                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6374                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6375
6376  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6377  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6378
6379  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6380  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6381                         Scope *curScope,
6382                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6383
6384  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6385  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6386                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6387
6388  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6389                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6390  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6391
6392  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6393  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6394                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6395                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6396
6397  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6398  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6399  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6400                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6401                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6402                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6403                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6404
6405  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6406  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6407                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6408                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6409                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6410                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6411
6412  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6413  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6414  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6415
6416  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6417  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6418  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6419
6420  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6421  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6422
6423  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6424  void FreePackedContext();
6425
6426  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6427  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6428  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6429                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6430
6431  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6432  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6433  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6434
6435  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6436  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6437  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6438
6439  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6440  void FreeVisContext();
6441
6442  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6443  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6444  /// the appropriate attribute.
6445  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6446
6447  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6448  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6449                      bool isDeclSpec);
6450  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6451                      bool isDeclSpec);
6452
6453  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6454  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6455    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6456    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6457    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6458    CCK_CStyleCast,
6459    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6460    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6461    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6462    CCK_OtherCast
6463  };
6464
6465  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6466  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6467  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6468  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6469                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6470                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6471                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6472                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6473
6474  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6475  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6476  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6477
6478  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6479  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6480  /// required.
6481  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6482
6483  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6484  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6485  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6486
6487  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6488  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6489  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6490
6491  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6492  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6493  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6494  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6495
6496  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6497  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6498  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6499  // type.
6500  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6501
6502  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6503  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6504  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6505  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6506
6507  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6508  enum VariadicCallType {
6509    VariadicFunction,
6510    VariadicBlock,
6511    VariadicMethod,
6512    VariadicConstructor,
6513    VariadicDoesNotApply
6514  };
6515
6516  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6517                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6518                                       Expr *Fn);
6519
6520  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6521  // vararg function.
6522  enum VarArgKind {
6523    VAK_Valid,
6524    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6525    VAK_Invalid
6526  };
6527
6528  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6529  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6530
6531  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6532  /// form of call prototypes.
6533  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6534                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6535                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6536                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6537                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6538                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6539                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6540                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6541
6542  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6543  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6544  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6545                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6546
6547  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6548  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6549  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6550
6551  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6552  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6553  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6554  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6555  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6556  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6557                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6558
6559  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6560  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6561  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6562  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6563  /// source and destination type.
6564  enum AssignConvertType {
6565    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6566    Compatible,
6567
6568    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6569    /// accept as an extension.
6570    PointerToInt,
6571
6572    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6573    /// accept as an extension.
6574    IntToPointer,
6575
6576    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6577    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6578    FunctionVoidPointer,
6579
6580    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6581    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6582    IncompatiblePointer,
6583
6584    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6585    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6586    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6587    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6588    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6589
6590    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6591    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6592    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6593
6594    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6595    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6596    /// like address spaces.
6597    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6598
6599    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6600    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6601    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6602    /// extension.
6603    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6604
6605    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6606    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6607    IncompatibleVectors,
6608
6609    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6610    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6611    IntToBlockPointer,
6612
6613    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6614    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6615    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6616
6617    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6618    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6619    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6620    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6621
6622    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6623    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6624    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6625
6626    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6627    /// represent it in the AST.
6628    Incompatible
6629  };
6630
6631  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6632  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6633  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6634  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6635                                SourceLocation Loc,
6636                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6637                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6638                                bool *Complained = 0);
6639
6640  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6641  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6642  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6643                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6644
6645  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6646  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6647  /// C99 6.5.16.
6648  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6649                                               QualType LHSType,
6650                                               QualType RHSType);
6651
6652  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6653  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6654  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6655                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6656                                               CastKind &Kind);
6657
6658  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6659  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6660  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6661  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6662                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6663                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6664
6665  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6666  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6667  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6668                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6669
6670  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6671
6672  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6673
6674  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6675                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6676                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6677  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6678                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6679                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6680                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6681  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6682                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6683                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6684                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6685                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6686  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6687                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6688                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6689                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6690
6691  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6692  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6693
6694  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6695  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6696                           ExprResult &RHS);
6697  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6698    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6699    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6700  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6701    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6702    bool IsDivide);
6703  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6704    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6705    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6706  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6707    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6708    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6709  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6710    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6711    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6712  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6713    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6714    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6715  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6716    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6717                                bool isRelational);
6718  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6719    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6720    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6721  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6722    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6723  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6724  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6725  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6726  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6727    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6728
6729  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6730                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6731  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6732                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6733                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6734  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6735  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6736
6737  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6738    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6739    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6740  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6741    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6742    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6743  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6744                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6745  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6746                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6747                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6748    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6749    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6750                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6751    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6752    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6753    return Composite;
6754  }
6755
6756  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6757                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6758
6759  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6760                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6761
6762  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6763  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6764                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6765  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6766  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6767                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6768  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6769                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6770
6771  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6772  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6773
6774  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6775
6776  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6777  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6778  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6779  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6780    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6781    /// reference binding is not possible.
6782    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6783    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6784    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6785    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6786    Ref_Related,
6787    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6788    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6789    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6790    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6791    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6792    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6793    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6794    Ref_Compatible
6795  };
6796
6797  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6798                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6799                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6800                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6801                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6802
6803  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6804                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6805                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6806
6807  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6808  /// given type.
6809  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6810
6811  /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an
6812  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
6813  ///
6814  /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the
6815  ///   argument is invalid.
6816  QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result);
6817
6818  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6819  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6820  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6821  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6822  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6823                       CastKind &Kind);
6824
6825  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6826  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6827  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6828  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6829  // returns the cast expr
6830  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6831                                CastKind &Kind);
6832
6833  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6834                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6835                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6836                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6837
6838  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6839
6840  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6841  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6842  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6843                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6844                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6845
6846  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6847  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6848
6849  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6850                                             QualType ExprType);
6851
6852  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6853  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6854  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6855  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6856  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
6857
6858  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6859  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6860  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6861
6862  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6863  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6864  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6865
6866  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6867  /// \param Method - May be null.
6868  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6869  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6870  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6871                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6872                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6873                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6874                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6875                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6876                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6877
6878  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6879  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6880  /// and the form of the message send.
6881  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6882                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6883                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6884
6885  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6886  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6887  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6888
6889  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6890  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6891  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6892  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6893  ///
6894  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6895  /// 'if' keyword.
6896  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6897  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6898
6899  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6900                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6901
6902  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6903  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6904  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6905
6906  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6907  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6908  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6909
6910  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6911  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6912
6913  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6914  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6915  /// the specified diagnostic.
6916  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6917                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6918                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6919
6920  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6921  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6922  /// in the global scope.
6923  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6924
6925  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
6926  /// expression violations.
6927  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
6928  public:
6929    bool Suppress;
6930
6931    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
6932
6933    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
6934    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
6935    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
6936  };
6937
6938  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6939  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6940  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6941  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6942                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
6943                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6944  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6945                                             unsigned DiagID,
6946                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6947  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
6948
6949  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6950  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6951  /// Returns false on success.
6952  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
6953  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6954                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
6955                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
6956
6957  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
6958    CFT_Device,
6959    CFT_Global,
6960    CFT_Host,
6961    CFT_HostDevice
6962  };
6963
6964  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
6965
6966  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
6967                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
6968
6969  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
6970    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
6971                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
6972  }
6973
6974  /// \name Code completion
6975  //@{
6976  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
6977  enum ParserCompletionContext {
6978    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
6979    PCC_Namespace,
6980    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
6981    PCC_Class,
6982    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
6983    /// or category.
6984    PCC_ObjCInterface,
6985    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
6986    /// category implementation
6987    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
6988    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
6989    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
6990    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
6991    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6992    /// headers.
6993    PCC_Template,
6994    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6995    /// headers within a class.
6996    PCC_MemberTemplate,
6997    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
6998    PCC_Expression,
6999    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7000    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7001    PCC_Statement,
7002    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7003    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7004    PCC_ForInit,
7005    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7006    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7007    PCC_Condition,
7008    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7009    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7010    /// in the grammar.
7011    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7012    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7013    PCC_Type,
7014    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7015    /// might also be a type cast.
7016    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7017    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7018    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7019    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7020  };
7021
7022  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7023  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7024                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7025  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7026                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7027                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7028
7029  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7030  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7031                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7032  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7033                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7034                                       bool IsArrow);
7035  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7036  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7037  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7038  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7039  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7040  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7041  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7042  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7043  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7044
7045  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7046                               bool EnteringContext);
7047  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7048  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7049  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7050  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7051  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7052  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7053                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7054                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7055  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7056                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7057
7058  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7059  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7060  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7061  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7062  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7063  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7064  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7065  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7066                                   bool IsParameter);
7067  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7068  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7069                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7070                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7071                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7072  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7073                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7074                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7075                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7076                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7077  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7078                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7079                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7080                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7081                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7082  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7083                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7084  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7085                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7086                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7087  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7088                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7089  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7090  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7091  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7092                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7093                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7094  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7095  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7096                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7097                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7098  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7099                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7100                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7101  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7102  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7103                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7104  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7105                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7106                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7107  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7108                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7109                                          bool AtParameterName,
7110                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7111                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7112                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7113  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7114  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7115  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7116  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7117  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7118                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7119                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7120                                             unsigned Argument);
7121  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7122  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7123                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7124                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7125  //@}
7126
7127  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7128  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7129
7130public:
7131  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7132                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7133
7134private:
7135  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7136                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7137                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7138  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7139  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7140  // FunctionDeclaration.
7141  struct FormatStringInfo {
7142    unsigned FormatIdx;
7143    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7144    bool HasVAListArg;
7145  };
7146
7147  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7148                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7149  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7150                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7151  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7152                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7153  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7154                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7155  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7156                            Expr **Args,
7157                            unsigned NumArgs,
7158                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7159                            SourceLocation Loc);
7160
7161  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7162                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7163                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7164                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7165
7166
7167  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7168
7169  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7170  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7171  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7172
7173  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7174  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7175  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7176
7177public:
7178  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7179  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7180
7181private:
7182  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7183  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7184  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7185  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7186  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7187                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7188  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7189                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7190
7191  enum FormatStringType {
7192    FST_Scanf,
7193    FST_Printf,
7194    FST_NSString,
7195    FST_Strftime,
7196    FST_Strfmon,
7197    FST_Kprintf,
7198    FST_Unknown
7199  };
7200  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7201
7202  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7203    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7204    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7205    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7206  };
7207
7208  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7209                                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7210                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7211                                               unsigned format_idx,
7212                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7213                                               FormatStringType Type,
7214                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7215                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7216
7217  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7218                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
7219                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7220                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7221                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7222
7223  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
7224                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
7225                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7226                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7227  bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7228                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7229                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7230                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7231                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7232
7233  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7234                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7235                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7236
7237  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7238                               unsigned BId,
7239                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7240
7241  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7242                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7243
7244  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7245                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7246
7247  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7248                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7249  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7250  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7251
7252  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7253                                   Expr *Init);
7254
7255public:
7256  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7257  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7258                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7259                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7260
7261  struct TypeTagData {
7262    TypeTagData() {}
7263
7264    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7265        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7266        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7267    {}
7268
7269    QualType Type;
7270
7271    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7272    /// layout-compatibility.
7273    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7274    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7275  };
7276
7277  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7278  /// identifies the magic value.
7279  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7280
7281private:
7282  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7283  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7284      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7285
7286  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7287  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7288  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7289                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7290
7291  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7292  ///
7293  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7294  Scope *CurScope;
7295
7296protected:
7297  friend class Parser;
7298  friend class InitializationSequence;
7299  friend class ASTReader;
7300  friend class ASTWriter;
7301
7302public:
7303  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7304  ///
7305  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7306  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7307  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7308  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7309  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7310  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7311  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7312
7313  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7314
7315  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7316    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7317  }
7318
7319  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7320
7321  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7322    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7323    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7324    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7325      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7326    return DC;
7327  }
7328};
7329
7330/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7331class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7332  Sema &Actions;
7333
7334public:
7335  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7336                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7337                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7338                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7339    : Actions(Actions) {
7340    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7341                                            IsDecltype);
7342  }
7343  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7344                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7345                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7346                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7347    : Actions(Actions) {
7348    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7349                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7350                                            IsDecltype);
7351  }
7352
7353  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7354    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7355  }
7356};
7357
7358}  // end namespace clang
7359
7360#endif
7361